|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
593
|
16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x
|
|
856
|
17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
7
|
19 */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
23 *
|
|
|
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
26 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 */
|
|
|
30
|
|
593
|
31 /* TODO (Jussi)
|
|
|
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases)
|
|
|
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems
|
|
|
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that)
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
38 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
39
|
|
593
|
40 #define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
7
|
43
|
|
|
44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
9
|
49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
838
|
51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode
|
|
|
53 #else
|
|
|
54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText
|
|
|
55 #endif
|
|
9
|
56
|
|
7
|
57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
593
|
58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
59
|
|
766
|
60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
168
|
62 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
63 #endif
|
|
|
64
|
|
7
|
65
|
|
|
66 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
67 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
68 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
69 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
70 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
71 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
72 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
73 #endif
|
|
|
74 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
75 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
76 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
77 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
78 #endif
|
|
|
79
|
|
593
|
80 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported
|
|
|
81 * under Carbon (Jussi) */
|
|
|
82 # if 0
|
|
7
|
83 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
593
|
84 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
7
|
86
|
|
|
87 /*
|
|
593
|
88 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in
|
|
|
89 * headers? (Jussi)
|
|
7
|
90 */
|
|
|
91 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
92 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
93 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
94 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96 /*
|
|
|
97 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
98 */
|
|
|
99 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
100 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
104 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 /* ??? */
|
|
|
107 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
108 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
109 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
110 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
111 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
113 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
114 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
115 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
116 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
117 */
|
|
|
118 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
121 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
124 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
125 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
128 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
129
|
|
13
|
130 static struct
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
133 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
134 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
135 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
136 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
593
|
137
|
|
766
|
138 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
139 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
140 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
|
141 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143
|
|
7
|
144 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
145 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
146 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
147 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
148 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
155 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
156 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
157 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
158 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
159 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
160 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
161 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
162 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
163 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
164 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
165 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
166 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
167 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
168 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
171 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
174 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
175 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
176 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
177 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
179 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
180 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
181 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
182 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
183 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
184 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
187 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
188 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
189 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
192 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
193 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
194 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
195 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
196 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
197 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
198 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
199 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 static struct
|
|
|
204 {
|
|
|
205 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
206 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
207 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
208 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
209 {
|
|
|
210 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
211 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
212 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
213 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
216 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
217 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
218 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
219 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
220 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
221 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
222 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
223 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
224 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
227 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
228 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
229 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
230 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
233 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
234 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
235 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
236 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
237 #endif
|
|
|
238 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
239 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
240 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
241 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
242 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
243 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
244 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
247 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
249 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
250 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
251 };
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 /*
|
|
|
254 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
255 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
256 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
257 */
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
259 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
260 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
261 #endif
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 /*
|
|
|
264 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
265 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
266 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
267 */
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
269 /*
|
|
|
270 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
271 *
|
|
|
272 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
273 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
274 *
|
|
|
275 */
|
|
|
276
|
|
593
|
277 char_u *
|
|
|
278 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
279 {
|
|
|
280 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
281 int len;
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
284 return NULL;
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
289 len = 255;
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
291 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
292 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
293 {
|
|
|
294 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
295 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
296 }
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 return PascalString;
|
|
|
299 }
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
301 /*
|
|
|
302 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
303 *
|
|
|
304 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
305 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
306 *
|
|
|
307 */
|
|
|
308
|
|
593
|
309 char_u *
|
|
|
310 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
311 {
|
|
|
312 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
313 int len;
|
|
|
314 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
316 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
318 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
319 len = 255;
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
321 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
322 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
323 {
|
|
|
324 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
325 {
|
|
|
326 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
327 {
|
|
|
328 c++;
|
|
|
329 }
|
|
|
330 *p = *c;
|
|
|
331 p++;
|
|
|
332 len++;
|
|
|
333 }
|
|
|
334 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 return PascalString;
|
|
|
338 }
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
340 /*
|
|
|
341 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
342 */
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 int_u
|
|
|
345 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
346 {
|
|
|
347 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
350 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
351 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
352 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
353 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
354 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
355 #if 0
|
|
|
356 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
357 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
358 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
359 #endif
|
|
|
360 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 /*
|
|
|
364 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
365 */
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 static int_u
|
|
|
368 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
369 {
|
|
|
370 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
373 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
374 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
375 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
376 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
377 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
378 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
379 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
380 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
381 #endif
|
|
|
382 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
383 }
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
385 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
386 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
387 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
388 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
389 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
390 *
|
|
|
391 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
392 */
|
|
|
393 static int
|
|
|
394 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
395 {
|
|
|
396 int pixels;
|
|
|
397 int points = 0;
|
|
|
398 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
400 while (*str)
|
|
|
401 {
|
|
|
402 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
405 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
406 continue;
|
|
|
407 }
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
409 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
410 break;
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 points *= 10;
|
|
|
413 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
414 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
416 ++str;
|
|
|
417 }
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
420 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
422 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
423 *end = str;
|
|
|
424 return pixels;
|
|
|
425 }
|
|
|
426
|
|
766
|
427 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
428 /*
|
|
|
429 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
430 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
431 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
432 */
|
|
|
433 static CFStringRef
|
|
593
|
434 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
168
|
435 {
|
|
|
436 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
437 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
438 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
439 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
440 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
441 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
|
444 name = mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 if (name)
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
449 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
450 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
451 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
452
|
|
|
453 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
454 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
455 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
456 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
457 {
|
|
|
458 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
459 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
460 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
461 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
462 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
463 {
|
|
|
464 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
465 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
466 {
|
|
|
467 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
468 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
469 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
470 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
472 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
473 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
474 }
|
|
|
475 }
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 return name;
|
|
|
480 }
|
|
|
481 #endif
|
|
|
482
|
|
7
|
483 /*
|
|
|
484 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
485 * character strings.
|
|
|
486 */
|
|
|
487
|
|
593
|
488 char_u **
|
|
|
489 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
7
|
490 {
|
|
|
491 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
492 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
493 long fileCount;
|
|
|
494 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
495 long actualSize;
|
|
|
496 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
497 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
500 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
501 if (*error)
|
|
|
502 {
|
|
|
503 return(fnames);
|
|
|
504 }
|
|
|
505
|
|
|
506 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
507 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
510 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
511 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
514 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
515 {
|
|
|
516 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
517 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
518 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
519 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
520 if (newError)
|
|
|
521 {
|
|
|
522 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
523 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
524 return(fnames);
|
|
|
525 }
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
527 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
528 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
529 }
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
531 return (fnames);
|
|
|
532 }
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
534 /*
|
|
|
535 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
536 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
537 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
538 */
|
|
|
539 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
541 /*
|
|
|
542 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
543 *
|
|
|
544 * Description
|
|
|
545 * -----------
|
|
|
546 *
|
|
|
547 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
548 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
549 *
|
|
|
550 * Event Reply
|
|
|
551 * -----------
|
|
|
552 *
|
|
|
553 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
554 *
|
|
|
555 * Remarks
|
|
|
556 * -------
|
|
|
557 *
|
|
|
558 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
559 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
560 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
561 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
562 *
|
|
|
563 */
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
566 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
567 {
|
|
|
568 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
569 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
570 };
|
|
|
571
|
|
9
|
572 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
573 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(
|
|
|
574 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
575 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
576 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
577 {
|
|
|
578 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
579 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
580 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
581 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
582 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
583 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
586 if (error)
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 return(error);
|
|
|
589 }
|
|
|
590
|
|
9
|
591 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
592 if (error)
|
|
|
593 {
|
|
|
594 return(error);
|
|
|
595 }
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
598 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
599 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
600 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
601 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
602 {
|
|
|
603 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
604 break;
|
|
|
605 }
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
608 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
609 else
|
|
|
610 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 return error;
|
|
|
613 };
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 /*
|
|
|
616 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
617 *
|
|
|
618 * Description
|
|
|
619 * -----------
|
|
|
620 *
|
|
|
621 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
622 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
623 *
|
|
|
624 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
625 * ----------
|
|
|
626 *
|
|
|
627 * Event Reply
|
|
|
628 * -----------
|
|
|
629 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
630 *
|
|
|
631 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
632 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
633 *
|
|
|
634 * Remarks
|
|
|
635 * -------
|
|
|
636 *
|
|
|
637 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
638 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
639 *
|
|
|
640 */
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
643 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
644 {
|
|
|
645 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
646 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
647 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
648 };
|
|
|
649
|
|
9
|
650 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
651 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(
|
|
|
652 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
653 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
654 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
655 {
|
|
|
656 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
657 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
658 long numFiles;
|
|
|
659 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
660 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
661
|
|
|
662 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
663
|
|
9
|
664 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
665 if (error)
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 return(error);
|
|
|
668 }
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
671 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
672 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
673
|
|
|
674 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
675 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
676 if (error)
|
|
|
677 {
|
|
|
678 return(error);
|
|
|
679 }
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 #if 0
|
|
|
682 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
9
|
683
|
|
|
684 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
685 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
686 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
687 */
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
690 #endif
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
693 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
694 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
695 {
|
|
|
696 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
697 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
698 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
699 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
700 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
701 };
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 #if 0
|
|
|
704 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
705 #endif
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
707 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
708 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
709
|
|
|
710 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
711 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
713 return error;
|
|
|
714 };
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 /*
|
|
|
717 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
718 *
|
|
|
719 * Description
|
|
|
720 * -----------
|
|
|
721 *
|
|
|
722 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
723 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
724 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
725 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
726 *
|
|
|
727 * Event Reply
|
|
|
728 * -----------
|
|
|
729 *
|
|
|
730 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
731 *
|
|
|
732 * Remarks
|
|
|
733 * -------
|
|
|
734 *
|
|
|
735 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
736 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
737 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
738 * theText.
|
|
|
739 *
|
|
|
740 */
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
743 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
744 {
|
|
|
745 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
746 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
747 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
748 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
749 };
|
|
|
750
|
|
9
|
751 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
752 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(
|
|
|
753 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
754 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
755 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
756 {
|
|
|
757 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
758 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
759 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
760 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
761 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
762 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
763 char_u *line;
|
|
|
764 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
765 long linesize;
|
|
|
766 long lineStart;
|
|
|
767 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
768 long lineno;
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
770 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
772 if (error)
|
|
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 return(error);
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
778 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
779 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
780 {
|
|
|
781 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
782 break;
|
|
|
783 }
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
786 {
|
|
9
|
787 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
788 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
789 {
|
|
|
790 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
791 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
792 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
793 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
794 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
795 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
796 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
797 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
798 {
|
|
|
799 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
800 }
|
|
|
801 else
|
|
|
802 {
|
|
9
|
803 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
804 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
805 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
806 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
807 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
808 }
|
|
|
809 }
|
|
|
810 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
811 {
|
|
9
|
812 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
813 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
814 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
815 }
|
|
|
816 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
817 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
818 else
|
|
9
|
819 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
820 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
821 }
|
|
9
|
822
|
|
|
823 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
824 if (error)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 return(error);
|
|
|
827 }
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
829 return(error);
|
|
|
830 }
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 /*
|
|
|
833 *
|
|
|
834 */
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
593
|
837 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
838 FindProcessBySignature(
|
|
|
839 const OSType targetType,
|
|
|
840 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
|
841 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
842 {
|
|
|
843 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
844 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
846 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
847
|
|
9
|
848 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
849 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
850 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
853 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
854
|
|
9
|
855 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
856 {
|
|
9
|
857 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
858 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
859 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
860 else
|
|
|
861 {
|
|
9
|
862 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
863 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
864 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
865 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
866 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868 }
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 return anErr;
|
|
|
871 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
872
|
|
9
|
873 void
|
|
|
874 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
875 {
|
|
9
|
876 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
877 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
878 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
879 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
880 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
881 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
882 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
883 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885
|
|
9
|
886 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
|
887 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
888 {
|
|
9
|
889 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
890 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
892 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
893 {
|
|
|
894 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
895 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
896 }
|
|
|
897
|
|
9
|
898 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
899
|
|
|
900 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
901 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
902 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
904 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
905 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
906
|
|
|
907 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
908 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
909 else
|
|
|
910 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
911
|
|
9
|
912 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
913 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
914 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
915 {
|
|
9
|
916 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
917 }
|
|
9
|
918 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
919 }
|
|
|
920 }
|
|
|
921 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 /*
|
|
|
924 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
925 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
926 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
927 */
|
|
|
928 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 /*
|
|
|
931 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
932 */
|
|
|
933
|
|
9
|
934 OSErr
|
|
|
935 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
936 {
|
|
|
937 OSErr error;
|
|
|
938 long actualSize;
|
|
|
939 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
940 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
942 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
943 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
944 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
945 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
946 &actualSize);
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
949 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 error = noErr;
|
|
|
952 }
|
|
|
953 else
|
|
|
954 {
|
|
|
955 #if 0
|
|
|
956 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
957 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
958 #endif
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 return error;
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 /*
|
|
|
966 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
967 *
|
|
|
968 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
969 *
|
|
|
970 */
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
973 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
974 {
|
|
|
975 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
976 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
977 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
978 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
979 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
980 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
981 };
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
984 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
985 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
986 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
987 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
988 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
989 */
|
|
|
990
|
|
9
|
991 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
992 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
993 {
|
|
|
994 /*
|
|
|
995 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
996 * a ":args"
|
|
|
997 */
|
|
|
998 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
999 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1000 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1001 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1002 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1003 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1004 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1005 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1006 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1007 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1008 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1009 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1010 long lnum;
|
|
|
1011
|
|
|
1012 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1013 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1014 if (error)
|
|
|
1015 {
|
|
|
1016 return(error);
|
|
|
1017 }
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019
|
|
|
1020 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1021 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1022 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1023 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1024 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1025 if (error)
|
|
|
1026 {
|
|
|
1027 return(error);
|
|
|
1028 }
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 /*
|
|
|
1031 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1032
|
|
|
1033 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1034 {
|
|
|
1035 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1036 {
|
|
|
1037 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1038 }
|
|
|
1039 else
|
|
|
1040 {
|
|
|
1041 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1042 }
|
|
|
1043 }
|
|
|
1044 */
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1048 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1049 #endif
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1052
|
|
|
1053 if (error)
|
|
|
1054 {
|
|
|
1055 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1056 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1057 return (error);
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1061 {
|
|
|
1062 int i;
|
|
|
1063 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1066 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1067 {
|
|
|
1068 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1069 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1070 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1071 else
|
|
|
1072 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1073 }
|
|
816
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */
|
|
|
1076 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK)
|
|
|
1077 shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
|
1078
|
|
7
|
1079 goto finished;
|
|
|
1080 }
|
|
|
1081
|
|
|
1082 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1083 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1084
|
|
|
1085 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1086 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1087 {
|
|
|
1088 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1089 {
|
|
37
|
1090 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1091 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1092 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1093 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1094 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1095 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1096 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1097 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1098 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1099 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1100 }
|
|
|
1101 else
|
|
|
1102 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1103 }
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1106 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1107 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1108 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1109 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1110 {
|
|
168
|
1111 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1112 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1113 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1114 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1115 {
|
|
168
|
1116 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1117 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1118 }
|
|
|
1119 else
|
|
37
|
1120 {
|
|
168
|
1121 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1122 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1123 }
|
|
37
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125 #endif
|
|
7
|
1126 setcursor();
|
|
|
1127 out_flush();
|
|
|
1128
|
|
37
|
1129 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1130 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1131
|
|
7
|
1132 finished:
|
|
|
1133 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1134
|
|
9
|
1135 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1136 if (error)
|
|
|
1137 {
|
|
|
1138 return(error);
|
|
|
1139 }
|
|
|
1140 return(error);
|
|
|
1141 }
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 /*
|
|
|
1144 *
|
|
|
1145 */
|
|
|
1146
|
|
9
|
1147 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1148 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(
|
|
|
1149 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1150 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1151 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1154
|
|
9
|
1155 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1156 if (error)
|
|
|
1157 {
|
|
|
1158 return(error);
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
|
1160
|
|
|
1161 return(error);
|
|
|
1162 }
|
|
|
1163
|
|
|
1164 /*
|
|
|
1165 *
|
|
|
1166 */
|
|
|
1167
|
|
9
|
1168 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1169 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(
|
|
|
1170 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1171 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1172 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1173 {
|
|
|
1174 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1175
|
|
9
|
1176 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1177 if (error)
|
|
|
1178 {
|
|
|
1179 return(error);
|
|
|
1180 }
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1183 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1184
|
|
|
1185 return(error);
|
|
|
1186 }
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 /*
|
|
|
1189 *
|
|
|
1190 */
|
|
|
1191
|
|
9
|
1192 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1193 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(
|
|
|
1194 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1195 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1196 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1197 {
|
|
|
1198 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1199
|
|
9
|
1200 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1201 if (error)
|
|
|
1202 {
|
|
|
1203 return(error);
|
|
|
1204 }
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 return(error);
|
|
|
1207 }
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 /*
|
|
|
1210 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1211 *
|
|
|
1212 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1213 */
|
|
9
|
1214 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1215 Handle_unknown_AE(
|
|
|
1216 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1217 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1218 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1219 {
|
|
|
1220 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1221
|
|
9
|
1222 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1223 if (error)
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
|
1225 return(error);
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 return(error);
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 /*
|
|
|
1233 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1234 */
|
|
9
|
1235 OSErr
|
|
|
1236 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1241 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
593
|
1242 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1243 if (error)
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 return error;
|
|
|
1246 }
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1249 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
593
|
1250 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1251 if (error)
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
|
1253 return error;
|
|
|
1254 }
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1257 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1258 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1259 if (error)
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 return error;
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
1264 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1265 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1266 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1269 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
593
|
1270 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1271
|
|
|
1272 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
593
|
1273 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1274
|
|
|
1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
593
|
1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
593
|
1279 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1280
|
|
|
1281 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
593
|
1282 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1283
|
|
|
1284 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
593
|
1285 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1286
|
|
|
1287 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
593
|
1288 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
7
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
593
|
1291 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
7
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
593
|
1294 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1295
|
|
|
1296 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
593
|
1297 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1298
|
|
|
1299 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
593
|
1300 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
593
|
1303 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
593
|
1306 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1307 */
|
|
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1310 /*
|
|
|
1311 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1312 */
|
|
|
1313 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
593
|
1314 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1315 if (error)
|
|
|
1316 {
|
|
|
1317 return error;
|
|
|
1318 }
|
|
|
1319 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
593
|
1320 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1321 if (error)
|
|
|
1322 {
|
|
|
1323 return error;
|
|
|
1324 }
|
|
|
1325 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
593
|
1326 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1327 if (error)
|
|
|
1328 {
|
|
|
1329 return error;
|
|
|
1330 }
|
|
|
1331 #endif
|
|
|
1332
|
|
|
1333 return error;
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 }
|
|
|
1336 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1337
|
|
13
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 /*
|
|
|
1340 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1341 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1342 */
|
|
|
1343 static OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1344 FontPanelHandler(
|
|
|
1345 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef,
|
|
|
1346 EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1347 void *inUserData)
|
|
13
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1352 return noErr;
|
|
|
1353 }
|
|
|
1354
|
|
|
1355 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1356 {
|
|
|
1357 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1358 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1359 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1360 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1363 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1364 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1365 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1366 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1367 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1368 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1371 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1372 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1373 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1374 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1377 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1378 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1379 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1380 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1381 }
|
|
|
1382 return noErr;
|
|
|
1383 }
|
|
|
1384
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 static void
|
|
593
|
1387 InstallFontPanelHandler(void)
|
|
13
|
1388 {
|
|
|
1389 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1390 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1391 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1394 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1395 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1396 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1401 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1402 }
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404
|
|
|
1405 /*
|
|
|
1406 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1407 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1408 */
|
|
168
|
1409 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1410 static void
|
|
501
|
1411 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1412 {
|
|
168
|
1413 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1414 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1415 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1416 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1419 return;
|
|
|
1420
|
|
168
|
1421 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1424 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1425 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1426 return;
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1429 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1430 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1431 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1432 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1433 return;
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1436 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1437 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1438 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1439 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1440 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1441 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1444 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1445 }
|
|
|
1446 else
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
501
|
1448 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1449 }
|
|
13
|
1450 }
|
|
|
1451
|
|
|
1452
|
|
7
|
1453 /*
|
|
|
1454 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1455 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1456 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1457 */
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 /*
|
|
|
1460 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1461 *
|
|
|
1462 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1463 */
|
|
|
1464 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
593
|
1465 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 short index;
|
|
|
1468 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1469 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1472 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1473 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1474 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1475 *
|
|
|
1476 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1477 */
|
|
|
1478 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1479 {
|
|
|
1480 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1481 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1482 index = 1;
|
|
|
1483 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1486 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1487 index++;
|
|
|
1488 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1489 }
|
|
|
1490 }
|
|
|
1491 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1492 }
|
|
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
593
|
1495 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 short index;
|
|
|
1498 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1499 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1500
|
|
|
1501
|
|
|
1502 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1503 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1504 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1505 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1506 *
|
|
|
1507 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1508 */
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1511 {
|
|
|
1512 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1513 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1514 }
|
|
|
1515 else
|
|
|
1516 {
|
|
|
1517 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1518 {
|
|
|
1519 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1520 {
|
|
|
1521 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1522 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1523 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1524 {
|
|
|
1525 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1526 break;
|
|
|
1527 }
|
|
|
1528 }
|
|
|
1529 }
|
|
|
1530 }
|
|
|
1531 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1532 }
|
|
|
1533
|
|
|
1534 /*
|
|
|
1535 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1536 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1537 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1538 */
|
|
|
1539 pascal
|
|
|
1540 void
|
|
9
|
1541 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1542 {
|
|
|
1543 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1544 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1545 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1546 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
9
|
1550 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1551
|
|
|
1552 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1553 return;
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1556 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1557 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1560 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1561 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1562 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1563 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1564 }
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 pascal
|
|
|
1567 void
|
|
9
|
1568 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1571 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1572 long data;
|
|
|
1573 long value;
|
|
|
1574 int page;
|
|
|
1575 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1576 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1577
|
|
9
|
1578 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1579
|
|
|
1580 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1581 return;
|
|
|
1582
|
|
|
1583 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1584 {
|
|
|
1585 /*
|
|
|
1586 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1587 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1588 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1589 */
|
|
|
1590 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1593 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1594 else
|
|
|
1595 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1596 }
|
|
|
1597 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1600 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1601 }
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1604 {
|
|
|
1605 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1606 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1607 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1608 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1609 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1613 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1614 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1615 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1616 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1619 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1620 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1621 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1622 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1623
|
|
|
1624 out_flush();
|
|
|
1625 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1630 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1633 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1634 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1635
|
|
|
1636 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1637 {
|
|
|
1638 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1639 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1640 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1641 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643 }*/
|
|
|
1644 }
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 /*
|
|
|
1647 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1648 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1649 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 /*
|
|
|
1654 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1655 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1656 *
|
|
|
1657 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1658 */
|
|
|
1659 void
|
|
593
|
1660 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1661 {
|
|
|
1662 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1663 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1664 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1665 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1666 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1667 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1668
|
|
|
1669 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1670 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1671 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1678
|
|
|
1679 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1680 {
|
|
|
1681 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1682 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1683 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1684 }
|
|
|
1685 else
|
|
|
1686 {
|
|
|
1687 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1688 #if 1
|
|
|
1689 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1690 #else
|
|
|
1691 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1692 #endif
|
|
|
1693 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1694 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1695 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1696 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1697 }
|
|
|
1698 }
|
|
|
1699 else
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1704 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1707 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
593
|
1710 /* TODO: NEEDED? */
|
|
7
|
1711 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1714 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1715 {
|
|
|
1716 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1717 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1718 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1719 }
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1722 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1723
|
|
593
|
1724 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */
|
|
7
|
1725 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1726 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1729 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1730 */
|
|
|
1731 #if 0
|
|
|
1732 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1733 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1734 */
|
|
|
1735 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1736 #endif
|
|
|
1737 {
|
|
9
|
1738 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1739 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1740 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1741 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1744 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1745 }
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747 }
|
|
|
1748
|
|
|
1749 /*
|
|
|
1750 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1751 */
|
|
|
1752 void
|
|
593
|
1753 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1754 {
|
|
|
1755 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1756 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
9
|
1759 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
|
1760 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762
|
|
|
1763 /*
|
|
|
1764 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1765 */
|
|
|
1766 void
|
|
593
|
1767 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1768 {
|
|
|
1769
|
|
|
1770 long newSize;
|
|
|
1771 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1772 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1773 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1774 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1775 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1776
|
|
9
|
1777 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
1780 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1781 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1782 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1783
|
|
|
1784 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1785 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1786 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1787 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1788 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1789 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1790 }
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 /*
|
|
|
1793 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1794 */
|
|
|
1795 static void
|
|
593
|
1796 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1797 {
|
|
|
1798 Rect r;
|
|
|
1799 Point p;
|
|
|
1800 short thePart;
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1803 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1804 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1805 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1806 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1807 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1808 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1809 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1812 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1815 return;
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1818 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1819 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1820 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1821 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1822 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1823 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1824 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1825 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1826 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1831 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1832 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1833 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1834 }
|
|
|
1835
|
|
|
1836 /*
|
|
|
1837 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1838 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1839 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1840 */
|
|
|
1841
|
|
|
1842 /*
|
|
|
1843 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1844 */
|
|
|
1845
|
|
|
1846 void
|
|
593
|
1847 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1848 {
|
|
|
1849 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1850 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1851 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1852 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1853 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1854 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1855 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1856 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1860 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1861 return;
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1864 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1865 */
|
|
|
1866 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1867
|
|
|
1868 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1869 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1870
|
|
|
1871 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
9
|
1872 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1875 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1876 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1877 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1878 */
|
|
|
1879 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1880 # if 0
|
|
|
1881 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
1882 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1883 */
|
|
|
1884 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1885 # endif
|
|
593
|
1886
|
|
7
|
1887 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1888 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
593
|
1889
|
|
9
|
1890 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1891 # if 0
|
|
|
1892 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1893 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1894 */
|
|
|
1895 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1896 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1897 # endif
|
|
|
1898 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1899 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1900 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1901 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1902 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1903 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1904 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
9
|
1906 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1907 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1908 }
|
|
|
1909 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
9
|
1911 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1912 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
9
|
1916 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1917 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1918 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1919 }
|
|
|
1920 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
9
|
1922 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1923 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1924 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1925 }
|
|
9
|
1926 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
|
1927 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
1930 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
1933 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
1934 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1935 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
9
|
1936 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1937 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
1938 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1939 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1940 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1941 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
1944 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
1945 }
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 /*
|
|
|
1948 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
1949 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
1950 */
|
|
|
1951 void
|
|
593
|
1952 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1953 {
|
|
|
1954 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1957 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
1958 /* Activate */
|
|
|
1959 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
1960 else
|
|
|
1961 {
|
|
|
1962 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
1963 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
1964 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
1965 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
1966 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
1967 */
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
1970 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
1971 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
1972 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
1973 #endif
|
|
|
1974 }
|
|
|
1975 }
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977
|
|
|
1978 /*
|
|
|
1979 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
1980 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
1981 */
|
|
|
1982 void
|
|
593
|
1983 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1984 {
|
|
|
1985 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
1988 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
1989 */
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
1992 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
1993 */
|
|
|
1994 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
1995 /* Resume */
|
|
|
1996 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
1997 else
|
|
|
1998 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
1999 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2000 }
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /*
|
|
|
2003 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2004 */
|
|
168
|
2005 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
857
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the keys */
|
|
|
2008
|
|
168
|
2009 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
2010 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
593
|
2011 gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon(
|
|
|
2012 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2013 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
168
|
2014 void *data)
|
|
|
2015 {
|
|
|
2016 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
|
2017 OSStatus e = -1;
|
|
|
2018 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2019 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2020 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2021 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2022 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2023 char charcode;
|
|
|
2024 int key_char;
|
|
|
2025 UInt32 modifiers;
|
|
|
2026 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2027 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2028 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2029 int i;
|
|
|
2030
|
|
|
2031 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2032 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2033 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2034
|
|
|
2035 do
|
|
|
2036 {
|
|
857
|
2037 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */
|
|
|
2038 if (dialog_busy)
|
|
|
2039 break;
|
|
|
2040
|
|
168
|
2041 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2042 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2043 break;
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047 if (text)
|
|
|
2048 {
|
|
|
2049 do
|
|
|
2050 {
|
|
|
2051 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2052 kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
|
2053 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text))
|
|
|
2054 break;
|
|
|
2055 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
|
2056 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent,
|
|
|
2057 kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
|
2058 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent))
|
|
|
2059 break;
|
|
|
2060 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2061 kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2062 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers))
|
|
|
2063 break;
|
|
|
2064 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2065 kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
|
2066 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym))
|
|
|
2067 break;
|
|
|
2068 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(keyEvent,
|
|
|
2069 kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
|
2070 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode))
|
|
|
2071 break;
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 if (modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
|
2076 {
|
|
|
2077 if ((modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2078 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2079 {
|
|
|
2080 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2081 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2082 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2083 else
|
|
|
2084 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 text[0] = (UniChar)key_char;
|
|
|
2087 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2088 }
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2092 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
2093 break; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
|
2094 #else
|
|
|
2095 {
|
|
|
2096 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2097 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2098 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2101 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate modifiers
|
|
|
2104 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2105
|
|
|
2106 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2107
|
|
|
2108 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2109 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2110 if (key_char < 0x100 &&
|
|
|
2111 !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2112 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2115 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2116 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2117 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 if (modifiers)
|
|
|
2120 {
|
|
|
2121 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2122 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2123 result[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2124 }
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2127 }
|
|
|
2128 #endif
|
|
|
2129 else
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
|
2131 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2132 if (!(actualSize > sizeof(UniChar)) &&
|
|
|
2133 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2134 {
|
|
|
2135 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2136 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2137 {
|
|
|
2138 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2139 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2140 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2141 (int *)&modifiers);
|
|
|
2142 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2143 break;
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145 }
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
|
2150 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2151 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2152 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
|
2153 }
|
|
|
2154 else
|
|
|
2155 {
|
|
|
2156 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2157 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2158 }
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 if (to)
|
|
|
2161 {
|
|
|
2162 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2163 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2164 {
|
|
|
2165 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2166 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2167 {
|
|
|
2168 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2169 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2170 }
|
|
|
2171 }
|
|
|
2172 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2176 e = noErr;
|
|
|
2177 }
|
|
|
2178 while (0);
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2181 if (e == noErr)
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2184 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2185 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2186 return noErr;
|
|
|
2187 }
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189 }
|
|
|
2190 while (0);
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2193 }
|
|
|
2194 #else
|
|
7
|
2195 void
|
|
|
2196 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2199 long menu;
|
|
|
2200 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2201 short num, i;
|
|
|
2202 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2203 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2204 int key_char;
|
|
|
2205 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2206 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2209 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2210 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2213 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2214 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2215 num = 1;
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2218 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2219 {
|
|
7
|
2220 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2221 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2222 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2223 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2224 {
|
|
|
2225 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2226 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2227 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2228 else
|
|
|
2229 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2230 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232 }
|
|
7
|
2233
|
|
|
2234 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2235 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2236 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2237 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2240 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2241 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2242 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2243 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2244 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2245 {
|
|
|
2246 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2247 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2250 return;
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252 }
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2255 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257
|
|
|
2258 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2259 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2260 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2261 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2262 #endif
|
|
|
2263 {
|
|
|
2264 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2265 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2266 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2267 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2268 {
|
|
|
2269 # if 0
|
|
|
2270 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2271 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2272 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2273 else
|
|
|
2274 # endif
|
|
9
|
2275 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2276 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2277 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2278 break;
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280 }
|
|
|
2281
|
|
26
|
2282 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2283 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2284 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2287 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2288 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2289 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2290 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2291 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2292 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2293 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2294 {
|
|
|
2295 #if 1
|
|
|
2296 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2297 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2298 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2299 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2300 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2301 #else
|
|
9
|
2302 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2303 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2304 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2305 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2306 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2307 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2308 #endif
|
|
|
2309 }
|
|
9
|
2310 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2311 {
|
|
9
|
2312 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2313 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2314 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2315 }
|
|
|
2316
|
|
9
|
2317 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2318 {
|
|
9
|
2319 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2320 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2321 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2322 }
|
|
|
2323 else
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2326 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2327 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2328 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2329 {
|
|
|
2330 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2331 int l;
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2334 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2335 l = 1;
|
|
|
2336 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2337 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2338 {
|
|
|
2339 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
|
2341 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2342 {
|
|
|
2343 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2344 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346 else
|
|
|
2347 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2348 }
|
|
|
2349 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
|
2351 else
|
|
|
2352 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2353 }
|
|
|
2354 else
|
|
|
2355 #endif
|
|
|
2356 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358
|
|
|
2359 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2360 {
|
|
|
2361 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2362 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2363 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2367 }
|
|
168
|
2368 #endif
|
|
7
|
2369
|
|
|
2370 /*
|
|
|
2371 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2372 */
|
|
|
2373 void
|
|
593
|
2374 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2375 {
|
|
|
2376 short thePart;
|
|
|
2377 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2378
|
|
9
|
2379 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2384 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2385 break;
|
|
|
2386
|
|
|
2387 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2388 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2389 break;
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2392 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2393 break;
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2396 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2397 break;
|
|
|
2398
|
|
|
2399 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2400 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2401 break;
|
|
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2404 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2405 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2406 break;
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2409 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2410 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2411 break;
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413 }
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 /*
|
|
|
2416 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2417 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2418 */
|
|
|
2419 void
|
|
593
|
2420 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2421 {
|
|
|
2422 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2423 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2426 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2427 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2430 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2431 else
|
|
|
2432 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2433 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2434 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2435
|
|
|
2436 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2437 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2438 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2439 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2440 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2441
|
|
|
2442 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2443 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 }
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 /*
|
|
|
2448 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2449 */
|
|
|
2450 void
|
|
593
|
2451 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2452 {
|
|
|
2453 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2454 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2457 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2458 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2459 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2460 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2461 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2462 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2463
|
|
|
2464 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2465 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2466 {
|
|
|
2467 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2468 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
9
|
2470 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2471 }
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
2473 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2474 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2475 void *data)
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2478 Point point;
|
|
|
2479 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2480 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2481 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2482 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
939
|
2483 EventMouseWheelAxis axis;
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis,
|
|
|
2486 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis)
|
|
|
2487 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY)
|
|
|
2488 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */
|
|
7
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2491 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2492 goto bail;
|
|
|
2493 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2494 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2495 goto bail;
|
|
|
2496 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2497 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2498 goto bail;
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2501 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2502 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2503 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2504 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2505 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2506 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2509 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2510 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2511 goto bail;
|
|
|
2512 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2513 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2514 goto bail;
|
|
|
2515
|
|
37
|
2516 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2517
|
|
7
|
2518 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2519 {
|
|
|
2520 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2521 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2522 }
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2525 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2526
|
|
|
2527 return noErr;
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 bail:
|
|
|
2530 /*
|
|
|
2531 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2532 * it's actions
|
|
|
2533 */
|
|
|
2534 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2535 }
|
|
|
2536
|
|
|
2537 #if 0
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 /*
|
|
|
2540 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2541 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2542 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2543 */
|
|
|
2544 void
|
|
|
2545 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2546 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2547 {
|
|
|
2548 /*
|
|
|
2549 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2550 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2551 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2552 */
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2555 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2556
|
|
|
2557 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2558 return;
|
|
|
2559
|
|
|
2560 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2561 {
|
|
|
2562 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2563 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2564 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2565 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2568 {
|
|
|
2569 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2570 }
|
|
|
2571
|
|
|
2572 }
|
|
|
2573 #endif
|
|
|
2574
|
|
|
2575 /*
|
|
|
2576 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2577 */
|
|
|
2578 void
|
|
593
|
2579 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice)
|
|
7
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2582 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2583 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
|
2587 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2588 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2589 }
|
|
|
2590 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2591 {
|
|
|
2592 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2593
|
|
|
2594 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2595 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
9
|
2597 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 /*
|
|
|
2601 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2602 */
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 void
|
|
593
|
2605 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2606 {
|
|
|
2607 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2608
|
|
|
2609 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2610 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2611 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2612 {
|
|
|
2613 # if 0
|
|
|
2614 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2615 # else
|
|
|
2616 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2617 # endif
|
|
|
2618 return;
|
|
|
2619 }
|
|
|
2620
|
|
|
2621 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2622 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
168
|
2624 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2625 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2626 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2627 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2628 break;
|
|
168
|
2629 #endif
|
|
7
|
2630 case (keyUp):
|
|
857
|
2631 /* We don't care about when the key is released */
|
|
7
|
2632 break;
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2635 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2636 break;
|
|
|
2637
|
|
|
2638 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2639 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2640 break;
|
|
|
2641
|
|
|
2642 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2643 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2644 break;
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2647 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2648 break;
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2651 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2652 break;
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2655 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2658 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2659 break;
|
|
|
2660 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2661 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2662 break;
|
|
|
2663 }
|
|
|
2664 break;
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2667 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2668 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2669 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2670 break;
|
|
|
2671 #endif
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 /*
|
|
|
2676 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2677 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2678 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2679 */
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681
|
|
|
2682 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
2683 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
7
|
2684 {
|
|
|
2685 char_u c;
|
|
|
2686 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2687 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2688 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2689 short font_id;
|
|
|
2690 short size=9;
|
|
|
2691 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2692 #if 0
|
|
|
2693 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2694 #endif
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2697 ;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 c = *p;
|
|
|
2700 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 #if 1
|
|
|
2703 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2704 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2705 *p = c;
|
|
|
2706
|
|
168
|
2707 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
2708 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
2709 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
2710 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
2711 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
2712
|
|
|
2713 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
2714 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
2715 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
2718 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
2719 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2720 {
|
|
|
2721 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2722 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2723 }
|
|
13
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2726 {
|
|
|
2727 /*
|
|
|
2728 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2729 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2730 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2731 */
|
|
|
2732 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2737 {
|
|
|
2738 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2739 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2740 }
|
|
|
2741 }
|
|
|
2742 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
2743 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
2744 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
2745 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2746 {
|
|
|
2747 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2748 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2749 }
|
|
13
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
7
|
2752 #else
|
|
|
2753 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2754 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2755
|
|
9
|
2756 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2757 #endif
|
|
|
2758
|
|
|
2759
|
|
|
2760 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2761 {
|
|
|
2762 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2763
|
|
168
|
2764 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
2765 return NOFONT;
|
|
7
|
2766 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2767 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2770 {
|
|
|
2771 p++;
|
|
|
2772 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2773 while (*p)
|
|
|
2774 {
|
|
|
2775 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2776 {
|
|
|
2777 case 'h':
|
|
|
2778 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2779 break;
|
|
|
2780 /*
|
|
|
2781 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2782 */
|
|
|
2783 }
|
|
|
2784 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2785 p++;
|
|
|
2786 }
|
|
|
2787 }
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2790 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 return font;
|
|
|
2795 }
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 /*
|
|
|
2798 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2799 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
2800 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2801 */
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 /*
|
|
|
2804 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2805 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2806 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2807 */
|
|
|
2808 void
|
|
593
|
2809 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
7
|
2810 {
|
|
|
2811 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2812 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2813 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2814 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2815 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2816 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2817 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2818 # else
|
|
|
2819 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2820 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2821 # endif
|
|
|
2822 #endif
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
2825 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 #if 0
|
|
|
2828 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2833 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2834 #endif
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2837 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2838 else
|
|
|
2839 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2840
|
|
|
2841 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2842 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
9
|
2843
|
|
|
2844 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852
|
|
|
2853 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2854 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2855 #else
|
|
9
|
2856 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2857 #endif
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2861 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2862 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2863 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2866 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2867 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2868 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2869 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2870 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2871
|
|
9
|
2872 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2873 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2874
|
|
|
2875 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2876 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2877 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2878 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2879 #endif
|
|
|
2880 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2881 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2882 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2883 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2884 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2885 # else
|
|
|
2886 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2887 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2888 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2889 */
|
|
9
|
2890 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2891 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2892
|
|
9
|
2893 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2894 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2895
|
|
9
|
2896 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2899 # endif
|
|
9
|
2900 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2901 #endif
|
|
|
2902 }
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2905 /*
|
|
|
2906 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2907 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2908 */
|
|
|
2909 int
|
|
|
2910 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2911 {
|
|
|
2912 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2913 * using the >console
|
|
|
2914 */
|
|
|
2915 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2916 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2917 return OK;
|
|
|
2918 }
|
|
|
2919 #endif
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 static OSErr
|
|
|
2922 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 int x, y;
|
|
|
2925 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2926 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2927 int count;
|
|
|
2928 int i, j;
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2931 {
|
|
|
2932 Point point;
|
|
|
2933 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2934 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2937 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2938 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2939 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2940 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2941 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2942 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2943 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2944 }
|
|
|
2945
|
|
|
2946 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
2947 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
2948 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
2951 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
2952 {
|
|
|
2953 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
2954 OSErr err;
|
|
|
2955 Size size;
|
|
|
2956 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
2957 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
2960 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
2961 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
2962 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
2963 continue;
|
|
|
2964 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
2965 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
2966 continue;
|
|
|
2967 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
2968 }
|
|
|
2969 count = j;
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
2974 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
2975
|
|
7
|
2976 return noErr;
|
|
|
2977 }
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 /*
|
|
|
2980 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
2981 * etc.
|
|
|
2982 */
|
|
|
2983 int
|
|
593
|
2984 gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
7
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2987 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
2988 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
2989 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
2990 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
2991 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
168
|
2992 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
2993 EventHandlerRef keyEventHandlerRef;
|
|
|
2994 #endif
|
|
|
2995
|
|
|
2996 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
593
|
2997 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
168
|
2998
|
|
7
|
2999 #if 1
|
|
|
3000 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3005 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3006 #endif
|
|
|
3007
|
|
593
|
3008 /* Ctrl click */
|
|
7
|
3009 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3010 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3011 else
|
|
|
3012 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3015 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
9
|
3016
|
|
|
3017 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3018
|
|
|
3019 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3022
|
|
|
3023 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025
|
|
|
3026 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3027 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3028 #else
|
|
9
|
3029 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3030 #endif
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3033 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3034 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3035 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3036 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
9
|
3037 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3038
|
|
|
3039 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3040 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3041 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3042 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3043 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3044 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3045
|
|
9
|
3046 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3047 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
593
|
3048
|
|
13
|
3049 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3050 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
7
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3053 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3054 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3055 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3056 #endif
|
|
|
3057 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3058 display_errors();
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3061 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3062 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3063 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3064
|
|
|
3065 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3066 * file). */
|
|
|
3067 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 /*
|
|
|
3070 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3071 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3072 */
|
|
|
3073 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3074 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3075 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3078 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3079 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 /*
|
|
|
3082 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3083 */
|
|
|
3084 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3085 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3086 #endif
|
|
|
3087 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3088 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3091 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3092 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
593
|
3093
|
|
7
|
3094 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3095 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3096 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3097 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3098 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3099 {
|
|
|
3100 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3101 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3102 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3103 }
|
|
|
3104
|
|
168
|
3105 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3106 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassTextInput;
|
|
|
3107 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventUnicodeForKeyEvent;
|
|
|
3108 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_doKeyEventCarbon);
|
|
|
3109 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3110 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &keyEventHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3111 {
|
|
|
3112 keyEventHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3113 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3114 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3115 }
|
|
|
3116 #endif
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 /*
|
|
7
|
3119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3120 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3121 #endif
|
|
|
3122 */
|
|
7
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3125 return OK;
|
|
|
3126 }
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128 /*
|
|
|
3129 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3130 */
|
|
|
3131 void
|
|
593
|
3132 gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
7
|
3133 {
|
|
|
3134 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3135 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3136 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3137 */
|
|
|
3138 }
|
|
|
3139
|
|
|
3140 /*
|
|
|
3141 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3142 */
|
|
|
3143 int
|
|
593
|
3144 gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
7
|
3145 {
|
|
|
3146 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3149 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 /*
|
|
|
3152 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3153 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3154 */
|
|
|
3155 {
|
|
|
3156 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3157 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3158 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3159 }
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 return OK;
|
|
|
3162 }
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 void
|
|
|
3165 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3166 {
|
|
|
3167 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3168 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3169
|
|
168
|
3170 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3171 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3172 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3173 #endif
|
|
|
3174
|
|
7
|
3175 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3176 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3177
|
|
168
|
3178 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3179 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3180 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3181 #endif
|
|
|
3182
|
|
7
|
3183 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3184 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 /*
|
|
|
3188 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3189 */
|
|
|
3190 int
|
|
|
3191 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3192 {
|
|
|
3193 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3194 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3195 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3198 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3201 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3202 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3203 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3204 return OK;
|
|
|
3205 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3206 }
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 /*
|
|
|
3209 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3210 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3211 */
|
|
|
3212 void
|
|
|
3213 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3214 {
|
|
|
3215 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3216 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3217 */
|
|
|
3218 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3219 }
|
|
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 void
|
|
|
3222 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3223 int width,
|
|
|
3224 int height,
|
|
|
3225 int min_width,
|
|
|
3226 int min_height,
|
|
|
3227 int base_width,
|
|
812
|
3228 int base_height,
|
|
|
3229 int direction)
|
|
7
|
3230 {
|
|
|
3231 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3232 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
9
|
3236 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3237 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3238 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3239 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3240 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242 else
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
9
|
3244 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3245 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3246 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3247 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3248 }
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3251
|
|
|
3252 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3253 }
|
|
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 /*
|
|
|
3256 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3257 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3258 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3259 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3260 */
|
|
|
3261 void
|
|
593
|
3262 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
7
|
3263 {
|
|
|
3264 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3265 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3268 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3269 }
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271
|
|
13
|
3272 /*
|
|
|
3273 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3274 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3275 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3276 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3277 */
|
|
|
3278 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3279 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3280 {
|
|
|
3281 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3282 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3283 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3286 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3287 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3288 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3289 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3290 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3291 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3292 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3293 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3296 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3297 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3300 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3301 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3302 {
|
|
|
3303 /*
|
|
|
3304 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3305 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3306 */
|
|
|
3307 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3308 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3309 {
|
|
|
3310 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3311 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3315 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3318 }
|
|
|
3319
|
|
7
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 /*
|
|
|
3322 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3323 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3324 */
|
|
|
3325 int
|
|
593
|
3326 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
|
|
7
|
3327 {
|
|
|
3328 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3329 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3330 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3331 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3332 short font_id;
|
|
|
3333 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3334 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3335
|
|
168
|
3336 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3337 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
168
|
3338 {
|
|
|
3339 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3340 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3341 }
|
|
|
3342 #endif
|
|
|
3343
|
|
7
|
3344 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3345 {
|
|
|
3346 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3347 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3350 {
|
|
|
3351 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3352 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3353 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3354 }
|
|
37
|
3355 else
|
|
|
3356 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3357 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3358 }
|
|
13
|
3359 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3360 {
|
|
37
|
3361 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3362
|
|
|
3363 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3364 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3365 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3368 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3369 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3370 {
|
|
37
|
3371 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3372 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3373 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3374 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3375 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3376 {
|
|
|
3377 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3378 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3379 }
|
|
|
3380 }
|
|
|
3381 }
|
|
7
|
3382 else
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
9
|
3384 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3385 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3388 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3389 }
|
|
37
|
3390
|
|
7
|
3391 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3392
|
|
37
|
3393 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3394
|
|
9
|
3395 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3396 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3397
|
|
189
|
3398 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3401 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3402 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3403
|
|
168
|
3404 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3405 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3406 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3407 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3408
|
|
842
|
3409 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3412 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
3414 /* No antialiasing by default (do not attempt to touch antialising
|
|
|
3415 * options on pre-Jaguar) */
|
|
|
3416 fontOptions =
|
|
|
3417 (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) ?
|
|
|
3418 kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing :
|
|
|
3419 kATSStyleNoOptions;
|
|
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3422 {
|
|
|
3423 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3424 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3425 };
|
|
|
3426 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3427 {
|
|
|
3428 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3429 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3430 };
|
|
|
3431 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
|
3433 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3434 };
|
|
|
3435
|
|
|
3436 /* Convert font id to ATSUFontID */
|
|
|
3437 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3438 {
|
|
|
3439 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3440 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3441 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3442 {
|
|
|
3443 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3444 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3445 }
|
|
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447 }
|
|
|
3448 #endif
|
|
|
3449
|
|
7
|
3450 return OK;
|
|
|
3451 }
|
|
|
3452
|
|
444
|
3453 /*
|
|
|
3454 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3455 */
|
|
7
|
3456 int
|
|
593
|
3457 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
7
|
3458 {
|
|
|
3459 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3460
|
|
9
|
3461 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3462 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3463 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3464 return OK;
|
|
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 /*
|
|
|
3468 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3469 */
|
|
|
3470 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
3471 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
7
|
3472 {
|
|
|
3473 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3474
|
|
|
3475 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3478 {
|
|
|
3479 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3480 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3481 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 /*
|
|
|
3484 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3485 */
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 return font;
|
|
|
3488 }
|
|
|
3489
|
|
44
|
3490 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3491 /*
|
|
37
|
3492 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3493 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3494 */
|
|
|
3495 char_u *
|
|
593
|
3496 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
|
|
37
|
3497 {
|
|
|
3498 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3499 return NULL;
|
|
|
3500 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3501 }
|
|
44
|
3502 #endif
|
|
37
|
3503
|
|
|
3504 /*
|
|
7
|
3505 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3506 */
|
|
|
3507 void
|
|
593
|
3508 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
7
|
3509 {
|
|
168
|
3510 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3511 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3512 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
3513 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3514 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3515 ATSStyleRenderingOptions fontOptions;
|
|
|
3516
|
|
842
|
3517 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3518 {
|
|
|
3519 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
|
3520 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1, sizeof font,
|
|
|
3521 &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr &&
|
|
|
3522 actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
3525 return;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3529 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3530 /* Respect p_antialias setting only for wide font.
|
|
|
3531 * The reason for doing this at the moment is a bit complicated,
|
|
|
3532 * but it's mainly because a) latin (non-wide) aliased fonts
|
|
|
3533 * look bad in OS X 10.3.x and below (due to a bug in ATS), and
|
|
|
3534 * b) wide multibyte input does not suffer from that problem. */
|
|
593
|
3535 /*fontOptions =
|
|
168
|
3536 (p_antialias && (font == gui.wide_font)) ?
|
|
|
3537 kATSStyleNoOptions : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing;
|
|
593
|
3538 */
|
|
|
3539 /*fontOptions = kATSStyleAntiAliasing;*/
|
|
168
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3542 {
|
|
|
3543 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag,
|
|
|
3544 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue+1
|
|
|
3545 };
|
|
|
3546 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3547 {
|
|
|
3548 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed),
|
|
|
3549 sizeof(ATSStyleRenderingOptions), sizeof font
|
|
|
3550 };
|
|
|
3551 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3552 {
|
|
|
3553 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontOptions, &font
|
|
|
3554 };
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3557 {
|
|
|
3558 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3559 (sizeof attribTags)/sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3560 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3561 {
|
|
842
|
3562 # ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
168
|
3563 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
842
|
3564 # endif
|
|
168
|
3565 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3566 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568 }
|
|
|
3569
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571
|
|
842
|
3572 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
168
|
3573 {
|
|
|
3574 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
3575 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
3576 /*
|
|
|
3577 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
3578 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
3579 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
3580 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
3581 */
|
|
|
3582 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
3583 {
|
|
|
3584 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
3585 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
3588 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
3589 0,
|
|
|
3590 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3591 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), &fallbackFonts, kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
|
3594 }
|
|
|
3595 /*
|
|
|
3596 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
3597 */
|
|
|
3598 }
|
|
|
3599 }
|
|
|
3600 #endif
|
|
7
|
3601 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3602 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3603 }
|
|
|
3604
|
|
|
3605 /*
|
|
|
3606 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3607 */
|
|
|
3608 void
|
|
|
3609 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3610 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3611 {
|
|
|
3612 /*
|
|
|
3613 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3614 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3615 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3616 */
|
|
|
3617 }
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 static int
|
|
593
|
3620 hex_digit(int c)
|
|
7
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3623 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3624 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3625 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3626 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3627 return -1000;
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629
|
|
|
3630 /*
|
|
|
3631 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3632 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3633 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3634 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3635 */
|
|
|
3636 guicolor_T
|
|
593
|
3637 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
3638 {
|
|
|
3639 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3640 */
|
|
|
3641 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3642 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3645 {
|
|
|
3646 char *name;
|
|
|
3647 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3648 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 /*
|
|
|
3651 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3652 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3653 */
|
|
|
3654 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3655 {
|
|
|
3656 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3657 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3658 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3659 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3660 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3661 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3662 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
834
|
3663 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3664 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3665 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3666 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3667 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3668 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3669 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3670 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3671 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3672 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3673 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3674 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3675 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3676 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3677 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3678 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
818
|
3679 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3680 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
7
|
3681 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3682 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3683 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3684 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3685 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3686 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3687 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3688 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3689 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3690 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3691 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3692 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3693 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3694 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3695 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3696 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3697 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3698 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3699 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
3700 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
3701 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3702 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3703 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3704 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3705 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3706 };
|
|
|
3707
|
|
|
3708 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3709 int i;
|
|
|
3710
|
|
|
3711 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
|
3713 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3714 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3715 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3716 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3717 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3718 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3719 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721 else
|
|
|
3722 {
|
|
9
|
3723 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3724 {
|
|
9
|
3725 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3726 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3727 }
|
|
|
3728 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3729 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3730 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3731 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3732 }
|
|
|
3733
|
|
|
3734 /*
|
|
|
3735 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3736 */
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3739 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3740 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3741 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3744 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3745 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3748 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3749 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3750 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 int len;
|
|
|
3755 int pos;
|
|
|
3756 char *color;
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3759 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3762 continue;
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3767 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3768 continue;
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3775 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3776 }
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3779 }
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3782 }
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 /*
|
|
|
3785 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3786 */
|
|
|
3787 void
|
|
593
|
3788 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3789 {
|
|
|
3790 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3791
|
|
|
3792 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3793 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3794 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3795
|
|
9
|
3796 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3797 }
|
|
|
3798
|
|
|
3799 /*
|
|
|
3800 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3801 */
|
|
|
3802 void
|
|
593
|
3803 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3804 {
|
|
|
3805 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3806
|
|
|
3807 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3808 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3809 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3810
|
|
9
|
3811 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3812 }
|
|
|
3813
|
|
563
|
3814 RGBColor specialColor;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
212
|
3816 /*
|
|
563
|
3817 * Set the current text special color.
|
|
212
|
3818 */
|
|
|
3819 void
|
|
593
|
3820 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
212
|
3821 {
|
|
563
|
3822 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3823 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3824 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3825 }
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 /*
|
|
|
3828 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
|
|
|
3829 */
|
|
|
3830 static void
|
|
|
3831 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
856
|
3833 int x;
|
|
|
3834 int offset;
|
|
|
3835 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
3836 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
563
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 RGBForeColor(&specialColor);
|
|
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8];
|
|
|
3841 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset);
|
|
|
3842
|
|
593
|
3843 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x)
|
|
563
|
3844 {
|
|
593
|
3845 offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
|
3846 LineTo(x, y - offset);
|
|
563
|
3847 }
|
|
212
|
3848 }
|
|
|
3849
|
|
593
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 static void
|
|
|
3852 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
7
|
3853 {
|
|
|
3854 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3855 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3856
|
|
|
3857 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3860 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3861 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863 #endif
|
|
593
|
3864
|
|
7
|
3865 /*
|
|
|
3866 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3867 */
|
|
189
|
3868 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
3869 {
|
|
|
3870 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3871 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3872 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
3873 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
3874 }
|
|
|
3875
|
|
36
|
3876 /*
|
|
|
3877 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3878 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3879 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3880 * underlining.
|
|
|
3881 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3882 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3883 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3884 */
|
|
189
|
3885 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
3886 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3887 {
|
|
|
3888 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3889
|
|
|
3890 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3891 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
3892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3893 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3894 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3897 int n;
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3900 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3901 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3902 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3903 }
|
|
|
3904 else
|
|
|
3905 #endif
|
|
36
|
3906 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3907 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3908 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910
|
|
189
|
3911 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
3912 {
|
|
|
3913 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 face = normal;
|
|
|
3916 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3917 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3918 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3919 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3920 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3923 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3926 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3927 }
|
|
|
3928 else
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3931 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3932 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
9
|
3938 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940
|
|
9
|
3941 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
593
|
3942 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3943
|
|
|
3944 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3947 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3948 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3949 }
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3952 {
|
|
|
3953 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3954 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3955 }
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
3959 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3962 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3963 #endif
|
|
|
3964 }
|
|
|
3965
|
|
842
|
3966 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
593
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 static void
|
|
|
3969 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
3970 {
|
|
|
3971 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
3972 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
3973 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
3974 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
3975
|
|
|
3976 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone)
|
|
|
3977 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 /*
|
|
|
3980 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3981 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3982 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3983 * underlining.
|
|
|
3984 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3985 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3986 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3987 */
|
|
|
3988 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
3989 {
|
|
|
3990 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3993 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3994 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3995 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3996 {
|
|
|
3997 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3998 int n;
|
|
|
3999
|
|
|
4000 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4001 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4002 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4003 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
4004 }
|
|
|
4005 else
|
|
|
4006 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4007
|
|
|
4008 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4009 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 {
|
|
|
4013 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
|
4014 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4015 TextFace(normal);
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4020 {
|
|
|
4021 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4022 }
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
168
|
4025 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
4028 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4029 utf16_len,
|
|
|
4030 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
4031 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
4032 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
4033 {
|
|
|
4034 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
4037 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4038 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
4039
|
|
|
4040 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4041 }
|
|
7
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043
|
|
563
|
4044 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4045 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4046
|
|
7
|
4047 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
593
|
4048 }
|
|
|
4049 #endif
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 void
|
|
|
4052 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4053 {
|
|
|
4054 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING)
|
|
842
|
4055 if (p_macatsui)
|
|
|
4056 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
|
4057 else
|
|
7
|
4058 #endif
|
|
842
|
4059 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
7
|
4060 }
|
|
|
4061
|
|
|
4062 /*
|
|
|
4063 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4064 */
|
|
|
4065 int
|
|
593
|
4066 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
4067 {
|
|
|
4068 int i;
|
|
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4071 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4072 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4073 return OK;
|
|
|
4074 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4075 }
|
|
|
4076
|
|
|
4077 void
|
|
593
|
4078 gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
7
|
4079 {
|
|
9
|
4080 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4081 }
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
4083 void
|
|
593
|
4084 gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
7
|
4085 {
|
|
|
4086 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4087 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4088
|
|
|
4089 /*
|
|
|
4090 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4091 */
|
|
|
4092 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4093 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4094 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4095 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4096 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4101 }
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 /*
|
|
|
4104 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4105 */
|
|
|
4106 void
|
|
593
|
4107 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
|
|
7
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4110
|
|
|
4111 /*
|
|
|
4112 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4113 */
|
|
|
4114 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4115 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4116 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4117 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4118 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4119 }
|
|
|
4120
|
|
|
4121 /*
|
|
|
4122 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4123 */
|
|
|
4124 void
|
|
593
|
4125 gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
7
|
4126 {
|
|
|
4127 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4128 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4129 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4130 */
|
|
|
4131 }
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4134 /*
|
|
|
4135 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4136 */
|
|
|
4137 void
|
|
593
|
4138 gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
7
|
4139 {
|
|
|
4140 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4141 }
|
|
|
4142 #endif
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 /*
|
|
|
4145 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4146 */
|
|
|
4147 void
|
|
593
|
4148 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4149 {
|
|
|
4150 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4151
|
|
|
4152 /*
|
|
|
4153 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4154 */
|
|
|
4155 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4156 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4157 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4159 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4160 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4161 #endif
|
|
7
|
4162 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4163
|
|
|
4164 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4165
|
|
9
|
4166 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4167 }
|
|
|
4168
|
|
|
4169 /*
|
|
|
4170 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4171 */
|
|
|
4172 void
|
|
593
|
4173 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4174 {
|
|
|
4175 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4178 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4179 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4180 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4181 else
|
|
|
4182 #endif
|
|
|
4183 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4184 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4185 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4186 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4187
|
|
|
4188 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4189
|
|
168
|
4190 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4191 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4192 }
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 /*
|
|
|
4197 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4198 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4199 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4200 * immediately.
|
|
|
4201 */
|
|
|
4202 void
|
|
593
|
4203 gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
7
|
4204 {
|
|
|
4205 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4206 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4207 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4208 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4209 *
|
|
|
4210 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4211 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4212 */
|
|
|
4213 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4214
|
|
9
|
4215 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4216 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4217 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4218 }
|
|
|
4219
|
|
|
4220 /*
|
|
|
4221 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4222 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4223 */
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 pascal
|
|
|
4226 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4227 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4230 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4231 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4232 }
|
|
|
4233
|
|
|
4234 /*
|
|
|
4235 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4236 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4237 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4238 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4239 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4240 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4241 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4242 */
|
|
|
4243 int
|
|
593
|
4244 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
7
|
4245 {
|
|
|
4246 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4247 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4248 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4249 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4250 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4253 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4254 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4255 */
|
|
|
4256 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4257 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4258 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4259
|
|
|
4260 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4263
|
|
|
4264 do
|
|
|
4265 {
|
|
|
4266 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4267 {
|
|
|
4268 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4269 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4270 }
|
|
|
4271 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4272 {
|
|
|
4273 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4274 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4275 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4276 }
|
|
|
4277 /*
|
|
|
4278 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4279 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4280 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4281 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4282 */
|
|
|
4283 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4284 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4285 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4286 else
|
|
|
4287 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4288 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4289 {
|
|
9
|
4290 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4291 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4292 {
|
|
|
4293 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4294 return OK;
|
|
|
4295 }
|
|
|
4296 }
|
|
|
4297 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4298 }
|
|
|
4299 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4302 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4303 }
|
|
|
4304
|
|
|
4305 /*
|
|
|
4306 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4307 */
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4310 void
|
|
593
|
4311 gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
7
|
4312 {
|
|
|
4313 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4314 }
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 /*
|
|
|
4317 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4318 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4319 */
|
|
|
4320 void
|
|
593
|
4321 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
|
|
7
|
4322 {
|
|
|
4323 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 /*
|
|
|
4326 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4327 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4328 */
|
|
|
4329 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4330 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4331 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4332 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4335 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4336 }
|
|
|
4337
|
|
|
4338 /*
|
|
|
4339 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4340 */
|
|
|
4341 void
|
|
593
|
4342 gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
7
|
4343 {
|
|
|
4344 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4347 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4348 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4349 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4352 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4353 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4354 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4355 */
|
|
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 /*
|
|
|
4359 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4360 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4361 */
|
|
|
4362 void
|
|
593
|
4363 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4364 {
|
|
|
4365 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4366
|
|
|
4367 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4368 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4369 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4370 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4371 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4374 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4375
|
|
|
4376 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4377 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4378 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4379 }
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381 /*
|
|
|
4382 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4383 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4384 */
|
|
|
4385 void
|
|
593
|
4386 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4391 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4392 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4393 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4396
|
|
9
|
4397 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4400 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4401 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4402 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4403 {
|
|
|
4404 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4405 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4406 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4407 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4411 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4412 }
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 /*
|
|
|
4415 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4416 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4417 */
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 void
|
|
593
|
4420 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4421 {
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4424 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4425 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4426 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4427 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4428 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4429 int type;
|
|
|
4430 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4431 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4432
|
|
|
4433
|
|
9
|
4434 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4435 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4436 return;
|
|
|
4437
|
|
9
|
4438 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4439 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4440 {
|
|
|
4441 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4442 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4443 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4444 }
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4447 {
|
|
838
|
4448 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4449 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4450 return;
|
|
|
4451
|
|
838
|
4452 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4453 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4454 return;
|
|
|
4455 }
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
593
|
4458
|
|
838
|
4459 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
|
4460 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4463 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4464 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4465 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR,
|
|
|
4466 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4467 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4470 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4471 else
|
|
|
4472 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4475 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4476 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4477
|
|
766
|
4478 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
838
|
4479 {
|
|
168
|
4480 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4481 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4482 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
838
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 if (to != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4485 {
|
|
168
|
4486 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4487 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4488 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4489 }
|
|
838
|
4490 }
|
|
7
|
4491 #endif
|
|
502
|
4492
|
|
838
|
4493 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4494 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4495 {
|
|
|
4496 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4497 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4498 *searchCR = '\n';
|
|
7
|
4499 }
|
|
838
|
4500
|
|
|
4501 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4502
|
|
|
4503 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4504 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4505
|
|
|
4506 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4507 }
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 void
|
|
593
|
4510 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 /*
|
|
|
4513 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4514 */
|
|
|
4515 }
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 int
|
|
593
|
4518 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4519 {
|
|
|
4520 return OK;
|
|
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522
|
|
|
4523 /*
|
|
|
4524 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4525 */
|
|
|
4526 void
|
|
593
|
4527 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4530 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4531 int type;
|
|
|
4532 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4533
|
|
|
4534 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4537 return;
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 /*
|
|
|
4542 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4543 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4544 */
|
|
|
4545 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4546
|
|
838
|
4547 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
7
|
4548
|
|
766
|
4549 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4550 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
4551 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
4552 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4553 {
|
|
168
|
4554 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
4555 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4556 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
4557 }
|
|
|
4558 #endif
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
593
|
4563
|
|
9
|
4564 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
7
|
4565 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4566
|
|
9
|
4567 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
4568 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4569 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
838
|
4570 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4571 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4572 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4573 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4574 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4575 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4576 }
|
|
|
4577
|
|
|
4578 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4579 }
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 void
|
|
593
|
4582 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4583 {
|
|
|
4584 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4585
|
|
9
|
4586 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4587 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4588
|
|
|
4589 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4592 }
|
|
|
4593 else
|
|
|
4594 {
|
|
|
4595 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4596 }
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4599
|
|
9
|
4600 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 /*
|
|
|
4604 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4605 */
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 void
|
|
593
|
4608 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
7
|
4609 {
|
|
|
4610 /*
|
|
444
|
4611 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
4612 */
|
|
|
4613 }
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 void
|
|
593
|
4616 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4617 {
|
|
|
4618 /*
|
|
444
|
4619 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
4620 */
|
|
|
4621 }
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 /*
|
|
|
4624 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4625 */
|
|
|
4626 void
|
|
593
|
4627 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4628 {
|
|
|
4629 /*
|
|
|
4630 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4631 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4632 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4633 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4634 */
|
|
|
4635 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4636 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
593
|
4637 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4638 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4639 #else
|
|
7
|
4640 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4641 #endif
|
|
7
|
4642 short index;
|
|
|
4643 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4644 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4647 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4648 return;
|
|
|
4649
|
|
|
4650 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4651 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4652 return;
|
|
|
4653
|
|
|
4654 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4655 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4656 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4659 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4660 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4663 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4664 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4667 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4668 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4669 #else
|
|
7
|
4670 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4671 #endif
|
|
7
|
4672 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4673 return;
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4678 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4679 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4680 */
|
|
|
4681 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
593
|
4682 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4683 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
4684 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
4685 #else
|
|
9
|
4686 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
4687 #endif
|
|
7
|
4688 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4689 }
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4692 {
|
|
|
4693 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4696 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4697 */
|
|
|
4698
|
|
593
|
4699 /* Insert the menu */
|
|
|
4700 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4701 #if 1
|
|
|
4702 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4703 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4704 #endif
|
|
|
4705 }
|
|
|
4706 else
|
|
|
4707 {
|
|
|
4708 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4709
|
|
9
|
4710 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4713 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4714 */
|
|
|
4715 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
593
|
4716 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4717 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4718 #else
|
|
7
|
4719 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4720 #endif
|
|
7
|
4721 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4722 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4723 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4724 }
|
|
|
4725
|
|
593
|
4726 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4727 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4728 #else
|
|
9
|
4729 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4730 #endif
|
|
7
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 #if 0
|
|
|
4733 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4734 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4735 #endif
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737
|
|
|
4738 /*
|
|
|
4739 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4740 */
|
|
|
4741 void
|
|
593
|
4742 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4743 {
|
|
593
|
4744 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4745 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4746 #else
|
|
7
|
4747 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4748 #endif
|
|
7
|
4749 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4750 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4753 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4754 return;
|
|
|
4755
|
|
|
4756 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4757 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4758
|
|
|
4759 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4760 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4761 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4762 #else
|
|
7
|
4763 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4764 #endif
|
|
7
|
4765
|
|
|
4766 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4767 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4768 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4771 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4772 {
|
|
|
4773 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4774 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4775 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4776 */
|
|
|
4777 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4778 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4779 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4780
|
|
|
4781 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4782 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4783 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4784 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4785 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4786 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4787 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4788 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4789 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4790 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4791 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4792 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4793 */
|
|
|
4794 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4795 {
|
|
|
4796 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4797 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4798 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4799 */
|
|
|
4800 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4801 key += '@';
|
|
|
4802 }
|
|
|
4803 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4804 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4805 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4806 */
|
|
|
4807 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4808 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4809 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4810 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4811 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4812 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4813 {
|
|
|
4814 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4815 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4816 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4817 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4818 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4819 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4820 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4821 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4822 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4823 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4824 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4825 if (valid)
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4828 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4829 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4830 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4831 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4832 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4833 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4834 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4835 }
|
|
|
4836 }
|
|
|
4837 }
|
|
|
4838 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4839 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4840 */
|
|
|
4841 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4842 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4843 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
593
|
4844 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4845 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4846 #else
|
|
7
|
4847 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4848 #endif
|
|
7
|
4849
|
|
|
4850 #if 0
|
|
|
4851 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4852 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4853 #endif
|
|
|
4854
|
|
593
|
4855 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4856 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4857 #else
|
|
7
|
4858 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4859 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4860 #endif
|
|
7
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 void
|
|
593
|
4864 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable)
|
|
7
|
4865 {
|
|
|
4866 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4867 }
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 /*
|
|
|
4870 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4871 */
|
|
|
4872 void
|
|
593
|
4873 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
4874 {
|
|
9
|
4875 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4878 {
|
|
|
4879 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4880 {
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4883 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4884
|
|
|
4885 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4886 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4887 {
|
|
9
|
4888 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4889 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891 }
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4894 else
|
|
|
4895 {
|
|
9
|
4896 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4897 }
|
|
|
4898 #endif
|
|
|
4899 }
|
|
|
4900 else
|
|
|
4901 {
|
|
|
4902 {
|
|
9
|
4903 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4904 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4905 }
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4908 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4909 }
|
|
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 /*
|
|
|
4912 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4913 */
|
|
|
4914 void
|
|
593
|
4915 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
|
|
7
|
4916 {
|
|
|
4917 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4918 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4919 /*
|
|
|
4920 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4921 */
|
|
|
4922 if (grey)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4925 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4926 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4927 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4928 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4929 }
|
|
|
4930 else
|
|
|
4931 {
|
|
|
4932 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4933 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4934 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4935 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4936 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4937 }
|
|
|
4938 }
|
|
|
4939
|
|
|
4940 /*
|
|
|
4941 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4942 */
|
|
|
4943 void
|
|
593
|
4944 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
|
|
7
|
4945 {
|
|
|
4946 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4947 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4948 }
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950
|
|
|
4951 /*
|
|
|
4952 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4953 */
|
|
|
4954 void
|
|
593
|
4955 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
7
|
4956 {
|
|
|
4957 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4958 }
|
|
|
4959
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 /*
|
|
|
4962 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4963 */
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 void
|
|
593
|
4966 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
|
4967 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4968 int flag)
|
|
7
|
4969 {
|
|
|
4970 if (flag)
|
|
|
4971 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4972 else
|
|
|
4973 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4976 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4977 #endif
|
|
|
4978 }
|
|
|
4979
|
|
|
4980 void
|
|
593
|
4981 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
|
4982 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4983 long val,
|
|
|
4984 long size,
|
|
|
4985 long max)
|
|
7
|
4986 {
|
|
|
4987 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4988 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4989 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
4990 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4991 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4992 #endif
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 void
|
|
593
|
4996 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
|
4997 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
4998 int x,
|
|
|
4999 int y,
|
|
|
5000 int w,
|
|
|
5001 int h)
|
|
7
|
5002 {
|
|
|
5003 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
5004 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5005 {
|
|
9
|
5006 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
5007 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5008 }
|
|
|
5009 else
|
|
|
5010 {
|
|
9
|
5011 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5012 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5013 }*/
|
|
|
5014 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
5015 h += 1;
|
|
|
5016 else
|
|
|
5017 w += 1;
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5020 x -= 15;
|
|
|
5021
|
|
9
|
5022 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5023 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5024 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5025 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5026 #endif
|
|
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 void
|
|
593
|
5030 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5031 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5032 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
7
|
5033 {
|
|
|
5034 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5037 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5038 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5039 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5040
|
|
9
|
5041 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5042 &bounds,
|
|
|
5043 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5044 TRUE,
|
|
|
5045 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5046 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5047 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5048 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5049 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5050 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5051 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5052 #endif
|
|
|
5053 }
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 void
|
|
593
|
5056 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
7
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5059 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5060 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5061 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5062 #endif
|
|
|
5063 }
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 /*
|
|
|
5067 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5068 *
|
|
|
5069 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5070 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5071 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5072 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5073 */
|
|
|
5074 void
|
|
|
5075 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5078 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5079 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5080 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5081 }
|
|
|
5082
|
|
|
5083 /*
|
|
|
5084 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5085 */
|
|
|
5086 void
|
|
593
|
5087 gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5090 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5091 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5092 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5093 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5094 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 /*
|
|
|
5098 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5099 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5100 */
|
|
|
5101 void
|
|
593
|
5102 gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5105 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5106 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5109 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5112 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5113 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5114 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5115 }*/
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 /*
|
|
|
5119 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5120 */
|
|
|
5121 long_u
|
|
|
5122 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5123 {
|
|
|
5124 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5125 }
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5130 /*
|
|
|
5131 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5132 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5133 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5134 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5135 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5136 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5137 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5138 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5139 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5140 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5141 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5142 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5143 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5144 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5145 *
|
|
|
5146 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5147 */
|
|
|
5148 char_u *
|
|
|
5149 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5150 int saving,
|
|
|
5151 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5152 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5153 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5154 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5155 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5156 {
|
|
|
5157 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5158 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5159 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5160 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5161 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5162 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5163 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5166 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5167
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5170 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5171 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5172 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5173 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5174 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
9
|
5176 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5177 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5178 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5179 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5180 */
|
|
|
5181
|
|
|
5182 if (saving)
|
|
|
5183 {
|
|
|
5184 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5185 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5186 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5187 return NULL;
|
|
|
5188 }
|
|
|
5189 else
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5192 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5193 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5194 return NULL;
|
|
|
5195 }
|
|
|
5196
|
|
|
5197 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5198
|
|
9
|
5199 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5202 {
|
|
|
5203 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5204 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5205 }
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5208 return fname;
|
|
|
5209 }
|
|
|
5210 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5213 /*
|
|
|
5214 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5215 */
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 /*
|
|
|
5218 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5219 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5220 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5221 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5222 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5223 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5224 *
|
|
|
5225 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5226 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5227 *
|
|
|
5228 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5229 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5230 *
|
|
|
5231 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5232 */
|
|
|
5233
|
|
|
5234 typedef struct
|
|
|
5235 {
|
|
|
5236 short idx;
|
|
|
5237 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5238 Rect box;
|
|
|
5239 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5240
|
|
|
5241 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 static void
|
|
|
5244 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5245 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5246 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5247 short X,
|
|
|
5248 short Y,
|
|
|
5249 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5252 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5253 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5254 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5255 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5256 #else
|
|
|
5257 short itemType;
|
|
|
5258 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5259 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5260 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5261
|
|
|
5262 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5263 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5264
|
|
9
|
5265 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5266 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5267 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5268 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5269 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5270 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5271 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5272 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5273 #endif
|
|
|
5274 }
|
|
|
5275
|
|
|
5276 static void
|
|
|
5277 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5278 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5279 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5280 short width,
|
|
|
5281 short height)
|
|
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 short itemType;
|
|
|
5284 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5285 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5286
|
|
9
|
5287 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5288
|
|
|
5289 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5290 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5291 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5292 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5293 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5296 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5297 #else
|
|
|
5298 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5299 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5300 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5301
|
|
|
5302 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5303 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5304 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5305 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5308 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5309 #endif
|
|
|
5310 }
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 static void
|
|
|
5313 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5314 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5315 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5316 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5317 {
|
|
|
5318 short itemType;
|
|
|
5319 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5320 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5321
|
|
9
|
5322 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5325 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5326 else
|
|
9
|
5327 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5328 }
|
|
|
5329
|
|
593
|
5330 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox
|
|
|
5331 * (Jussi)
|
|
|
5332 */
|
|
7
|
5333 int
|
|
|
5334 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5335 int type,
|
|
|
5336 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5337 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5338 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5339 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5340 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5341 {
|
|
|
5342 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5343 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5344 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5345 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5346 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5347 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5348 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5349 char_u len;
|
|
|
5350 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5351 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5352 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5353 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5354 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5355 Rect box;
|
|
|
5356 short button;
|
|
|
5357 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5358 short itemType;
|
|
|
5359 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5360 short width;
|
|
|
5361 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5362 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5363 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5364 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5365 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5366 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5367 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 short vertical;
|
|
|
5370 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5371 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5372 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5375 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5376 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5377 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5380
|
|
|
5381 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5382 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5385 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5388 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5391 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5392 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5393 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5394 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5395 */
|
|
9
|
5396 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5399 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5400 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5401 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5404 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5405 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5406 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5409 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
9
|
5411 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5412 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5416 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5417 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5418 button = 0;
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5421 {
|
|
|
5422 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5423 button++;
|
|
|
5424 len = 0;
|
|
|
5425 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5428 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5429 }
|
|
|
5430 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5431 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5432 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5435 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5438 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5439
|
|
|
5440 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5441 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5442 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5443 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5444 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5445 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5446 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5447
|
|
|
5448 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5451 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5452 }
|
|
9
|
5453 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5454 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5457 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5458 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5459 switch (type)
|
|
|
5460 {
|
|
|
5461 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5462 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5463 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5464 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5465 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5466 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5467 };
|
|
9
|
5468 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5469 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5470 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5471 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5472 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5473 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5476 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5477 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5478 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5479 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5480 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5481 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5482 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5483 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5484
|
|
|
5485 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5486 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5487 {
|
|
857
|
5488 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */
|
|
7
|
5489 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5490 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5491 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5492 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5493 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5494 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5495 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5496 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5497 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5498 }
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5501 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5502 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5505
|
|
|
5506 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5507 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5508 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5511 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5512 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5513 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5514
|
|
|
5515 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5516 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5517 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5518 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5521 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5522 {
|
|
|
5523 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5524 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5525 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5526 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5527 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5528 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5529 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5530 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5531 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5532 }
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5535 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5538 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540 else
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5543 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5544 }
|
|
|
5545
|
|
|
5546 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
|
5548
|
|
9
|
5549 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
5550 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
5551 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5552 {
|
|
9
|
5553 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5554 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5557 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5558 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5559 else
|
|
|
5560 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5561 }
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5564 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5565 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5568 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5569 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5572 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5573 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5574 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5575
|
|
9
|
5576 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5577 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5578 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5579 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5580 #endif
|
|
|
5581
|
|
857
|
5582 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5583 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */
|
|
|
5584 dialog_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
5585 #endif
|
|
|
5586
|
|
7
|
5587 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5588 do
|
|
|
5589 {
|
|
9
|
5590 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5591 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5592
|
|
857
|
5593 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5594 dialog_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
5595 #endif
|
|
|
5596
|
|
7
|
5597 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5598 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5599 {
|
|
9
|
5600 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5601 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5602 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5603 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5604 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5605 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5606 #endif
|
|
418
|
5607 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5608 }
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5611 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5614 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5617 /*
|
|
|
5618 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5619 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5620 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5621 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5622 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
5623 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
5624 */
|
|
|
5625 }
|
|
|
5626 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 /*
|
|
|
5629 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5630 */
|
|
|
5631 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5632 void
|
|
593
|
5633 display_errors(void)
|
|
7
|
5634 {
|
|
|
5635 char *p;
|
|
|
5636 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5637
|
|
593
|
5638 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5639 return;
|
|
|
5640
|
|
|
5641 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5642 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5643 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5644 {
|
|
|
5645 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5646 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5647 else
|
|
|
5648 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
|
5651 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5652 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
|
5653 break;
|
|
|
5654 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5655 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5656 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5657 */
|
|
|
5658 }
|
|
|
5659 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
7
|
5660 }
|
|
|
5661 #endif
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 /*
|
|
87
|
5664 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5665 */
|
|
95
|
5666 void
|
|
|
5667 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 Point where;
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5672
|
|
87
|
5673 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5674 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676
|
|
|
5677 void
|
|
593
|
5678 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
7
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5681 #if 0
|
|
|
5682 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5685 Point where;
|
|
|
5686
|
|
9
|
5687 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5688 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5689 {
|
|
|
5690 /* New way */
|
|
|
5691
|
|
|
5692 /*
|
|
|
5693 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5694 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5695 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5696 *
|
|
|
5697 */
|
|
|
5698
|
|
|
5699 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 do
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5704 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5705 }
|
|
9
|
5706 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5709 }
|
|
|
5710 else
|
|
|
5711 {
|
|
|
5712 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5713 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5714 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5717 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5718 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5719 }
|
|
|
5720 #endif
|
|
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 void
|
|
593
|
5724 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 /*
|
|
|
5727 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5728 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5729 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5730 */
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5733 Point where;
|
|
|
5734 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5735 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5736 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5737 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5738 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5739 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5742 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5743
|
|
|
5744 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5745 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5746 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
5751 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5754 {
|
|
|
5755 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5756 {
|
|
|
5757 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5758 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
5759 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5760 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5761 }
|
|
|
5762 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5765 }
|
|
|
5766 }
|
|
|
5767
|
|
|
5768 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5769 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5773 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5774 void
|
|
|
5775 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5776 {
|
|
9
|
5777 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5778 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780 #endif
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5783 /*
|
|
|
5784 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5785 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5786 */
|
|
|
5787 void
|
|
593
|
5788 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon)
|
|
7
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5791 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5792 */
|
|
766
|
5793 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
5794 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
5795 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
5796 #else
|
|
7
|
5797 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
5798 #endif
|
|
7
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5801 return;
|
|
|
5802
|
|
766
|
5803 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
5804 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
|
5805 windowTitle = mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
|
5806
|
|
|
5807 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
5808 {
|
|
|
5809 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
5810 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
5811 }
|
|
|
5812 #else
|
|
7
|
5813 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5814 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5815 {
|
|
|
5816 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5817 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
168
|
5819 #endif
|
|
7
|
5820 }
|
|
|
5821 #endif
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 /*
|
|
|
5824 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5825 */
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 int
|
|
593
|
5828 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5831 int len;
|
|
|
5832 int i;
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5835 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5836 return 0;
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5839 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5840 len = 255;
|
|
|
5841
|
|
|
5842 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5843 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5844
|
|
|
5845 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5846
|
|
|
5847 return 0;
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 int
|
|
593
|
5851 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5852 {
|
|
|
5853 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5854 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5855 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5856 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5857
|
|
9
|
5858 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5859
|
|
|
5860 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5861 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5862 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5863 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5864
|
|
9
|
5865 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5868 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5871 return 0;
|
|
|
5872 }
|
|
|
5873
|
|
|
5874 /*
|
|
|
5875 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5876 */
|
|
|
5877
|
|
9
|
5878 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 /*
|
|
|
5881 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5882 */
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5885 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5886 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5887 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5888 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5889 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5890 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5891 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5892 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5893 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5894 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5895 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5896 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5897 #else
|
|
|
5898 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5899 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5900 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5901 #endif
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5904 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5905 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5906 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 if (error)
|
|
|
5909 return NULL;
|
|
|
5910 #endif
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
5913 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5916 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5917 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5918 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5919 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
5920 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5923 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5924 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5927 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5928 return NULL;
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5931 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5932 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5933 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5934 else
|
|
|
5935 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5936
|
|
|
5937 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5938 /*
|
|
|
5939 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5940 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5941 */
|
|
|
5942 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5943 {
|
|
|
5944 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5945 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5946 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5947 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5948 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5949 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5950 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5951 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5952 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5953 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5954 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5955 if (error)
|
|
|
5956 return NULL;
|
|
|
5957
|
|
|
5958 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5959 if (error)
|
|
|
5960 return NULL;
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5963 if (status)
|
|
|
5964 return NULL;
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5967 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5968 }
|
|
|
5969 else
|
|
|
5970 {
|
|
|
5971 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5972 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5973 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5974 if (error)
|
|
|
5975 return NULL;
|
|
|
5976
|
|
9
|
5977 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5978 if (status)
|
|
|
5979 return NULL;
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5983 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5984 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5987 #else
|
|
|
5988 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5989 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5990 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
5993 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
5994 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5995 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5996
|
|
9
|
5997 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
5998 do
|
|
|
5999 {
|
|
|
6000 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6001 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6002 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6003 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6004 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6007 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6008 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 if (error)
|
|
|
6011 return NULL;
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6014 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6015 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6016 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6017 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6018 }
|
|
|
6019 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6020 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6021 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6022 #else
|
|
|
6023 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6024 #endif
|
|
|
6025
|
|
|
6026 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6027 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6028 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6029 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6030 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6031 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6032
|
|
|
6033 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6034 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6035 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 if (error)
|
|
|
6038 return NULL;
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6041 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
6042 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
6043 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6044 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6045 #endif
|
|
|
6046 {
|
|
|
6047 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6048 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6049 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6050 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6051 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6052
|
|
|
6053 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6054 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6055 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6056 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6057 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6058 #endif
|
|
|
6059 }
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6062 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6063 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6066 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6067 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6068 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6069 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6070 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6071 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6072 {
|
|
|
6073 char *p;
|
|
|
6074 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6075 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6076 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6077 }
|
|
|
6078 #endif
|
|
|
6079
|
|
9
|
6080 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6081 #endif
|
|
|
6082 }
|
|
|
6083
|
|
|
6084 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6085 /*
|
|
|
6086 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6087 */
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 /*
|
|
|
6090 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6091 */
|
|
|
6092 void
|
|
|
6093 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6094 {
|
|
|
6095 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6096 }
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 /*
|
|
|
6099 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6100 */
|
|
|
6101 void
|
|
|
6102 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6103 {
|
|
|
6104 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6105 }
|
|
|
6106
|
|
|
6107 /*
|
|
|
6108 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6109 */
|
|
|
6110 int
|
|
593
|
6111 im_get_status(void)
|
|
7
|
6112 {
|
|
|
6113 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6114 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6115 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6116 }
|
|
|
6117 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
